Sema.h revision 57f8da506a0db208a936e26a8cb77267f638b26b
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 48#include <deque> 49#include <string> 50 51namespace llvm { 52 class APSInt; 53 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 54 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 55 class SmallBitVector; 56} 57 58namespace clang { 59 class ADLResult; 60 class ASTConsumer; 61 class ASTContext; 62 class ASTMutationListener; 63 class ASTReader; 64 class ASTWriter; 65 class ArrayType; 66 class AttributeList; 67 class BlockDecl; 68 class CXXBasePath; 69 class CXXBasePaths; 70 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 71 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 72 class CXXConstructorDecl; 73 class CXXConversionDecl; 74 class CXXDestructorDecl; 75 class CXXFieldCollector; 76 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 77 class CXXMethodDecl; 78 class CXXScopeSpec; 79 class CXXTemporary; 80 class CXXTryStmt; 81 class CallExpr; 82 class ClassTemplateDecl; 83 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 84 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 85 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 86 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 87 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 88 class CodeCompletionResult; 89 class Decl; 90 class DeclAccessPair; 91 class DeclContext; 92 class DeclRefExpr; 93 class DeclaratorDecl; 94 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 95 class DependentDiagnostic; 96 class DesignatedInitExpr; 97 class Designation; 98 class EnumConstantDecl; 99 class Expr; 100 class ExtVectorType; 101 class ExternalSemaSource; 102 class FormatAttr; 103 class FriendDecl; 104 class FunctionDecl; 105 class FunctionProtoType; 106 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 107 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 108 class InitListExpr; 109 class InitializationKind; 110 class InitializationSequence; 111 class InitializedEntity; 112 class IntegerLiteral; 113 class LabelStmt; 114 class LambdaExpr; 115 class LangOptions; 116 class LocalInstantiationScope; 117 class LookupResult; 118 class MacroInfo; 119 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 120 class NamedDecl; 121 class NonNullAttr; 122 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 123 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 124 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 125 class ObjCContainerDecl; 126 class ObjCImplDecl; 127 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 128 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 129 class ObjCIvarDecl; 130 template <class T> class ObjCList; 131 class ObjCMessageExpr; 132 class ObjCMethodDecl; 133 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 134 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 135 class OverloadCandidateSet; 136 class OverloadExpr; 137 class ParenListExpr; 138 class ParmVarDecl; 139 class Preprocessor; 140 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 141 class PseudoObjectExpr; 142 class QualType; 143 class StandardConversionSequence; 144 class Stmt; 145 class StringLiteral; 146 class SwitchStmt; 147 class TargetAttributesSema; 148 class TemplateArgument; 149 class TemplateArgumentList; 150 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 151 class TemplateDecl; 152 class TemplateParameterList; 153 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 154 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 155 class Token; 156 class TypeAliasDecl; 157 class TypedefDecl; 158 class TypedefNameDecl; 159 class TypeLoc; 160 class UnqualifiedId; 161 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 162 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 163 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 164 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 165 class UsingDecl; 166 class UsingShadowDecl; 167 class ValueDecl; 168 class VarDecl; 169 class VisibilityAttr; 170 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 171 class IndirectFieldDecl; 172 173namespace sema { 174 class AccessedEntity; 175 class BlockScopeInfo; 176 class CapturingScopeInfo; 177 class CompoundScopeInfo; 178 class DelayedDiagnostic; 179 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 180 class FunctionScopeInfo; 181 class LambdaScopeInfo; 182 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 183 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 184} 185 186// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 187// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 188typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 189 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 190 191/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 192class Sema { 193 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 194 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 195 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 196 197 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 198 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 199 200 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 201 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 202 203 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); 204 205public: 206 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 207 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 208 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 209 210 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 211 FPOptions FPFeatures; 212 213 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 214 Preprocessor &PP; 215 ASTContext &Context; 216 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 217 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 218 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 219 220 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 221 bool CollectStats; 222 223 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 224 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 225 226 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 227 DeclContext *CurContext; 228 229 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 230 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 231 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 232 233 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 234 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 235 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 236 237 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 238 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 239 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 240 241 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 242 243 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 244 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 245 246 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 247 /// 248 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 249 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 250 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 251 252 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 253 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 254 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 255 256 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 257 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 258 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 259 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 260 261 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; 262 263 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 264 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 265 /// 266 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 267 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 268 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 269 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 270 271 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 272 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 273 ExtVectorDeclsType; 274 275 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 276 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 277 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 278 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 279 280 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 281 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 282 283 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 284 285 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 286 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 287 288 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 289 290 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 291 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 292 /// same list more than once. 293 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 294 295 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 296 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 297 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 298 299 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 300 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 301 /// 302 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 303 /// scopes, e.g., 304 /// 305 /// \code 306 /// extern "C" void f() { 307 /// void foo(int, int); 308 /// } 309 /// \endcode 310 /// 311 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 312 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 313 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 314 /// 315 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 316 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 317 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 318 /// for compatibility. 319 /// 320 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 321 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 322 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 323 /// not visible. 324 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 325 326 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 327 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 328 findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 329 330 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 331 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 332 TentativeDefinitionsType; 333 334 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 335 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 336 337 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 338 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 339 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 340 341 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 342 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 343 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 344 345 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 346 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 347 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 348 349 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 350 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 351 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 352 353 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 354 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 355 /// exception spec. 356 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 357 358 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 359 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 360 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 361 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 362 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 363 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 364 365 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 366 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 367 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 368 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 369 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 370 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 371 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 372 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 373 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 374 375 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 376 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 377 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 378 void *OpaqueParser; 379 380 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 381 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 382 OpaqueParser = P; 383 } 384 385 class DelayedDiagnostics; 386 387 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 388 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 389 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 390 }; 391 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 392 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 393 394 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 395 /// during parsing and other processing. 396 class DelayedDiagnostics { 397 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 398 /// diagnostics should go. 399 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 400 401 public: 402 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 403 404 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 405 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 406 407 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 408 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 409 410 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 411 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 412 return CurPool; 413 } 414 415 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 416 /// collected in this pool. 417 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 418 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 419 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 420 CurPool = &pool; 421 return state; 422 } 423 424 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 425 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 426 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 427 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 428 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 429 } 430 431 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 432 /// not delayed. 433 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 434 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 435 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 436 CurPool = 0; 437 return state; 438 } 439 440 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 441 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 442 assert(CurPool == NULL); 443 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 444 } 445 } DelayedDiagnostics; 446 447 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 448 class ContextRAII { 449 private: 450 Sema &S; 451 DeclContext *SavedContext; 452 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 453 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 454 455 public: 456 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 457 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 458 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 459 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 460 { 461 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 462 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 463 } 464 465 void pop() { 466 if (!SavedContext) return; 467 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 468 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 469 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 470 SavedContext = 0; 471 } 472 473 ~ContextRAII() { 474 pop(); 475 } 476 }; 477 478 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 479 /// a function body. 480 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 481 Sema &S; 482 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 483 484 public: 485 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 486 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 487 { 488 S.PushFunctionScope(); 489 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 490 } 491 492 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 493 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 494 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 495 } 496 }; 497 498 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 499 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 500 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 501 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 502 503 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 504 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 505 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 506 /// in the currently selected standard. 507 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 508 509 510 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 511 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 512 513 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 514 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 515 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 516 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 517 /// It would be best to refactor this. 518 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 519 520 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 521 522 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 523 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 524 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 525 Scope *TUScope; 526 527 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 528 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 529 530 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 531 /// standard library. 532 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 533 534 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 535 /// \<initializer_list>. 536 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 537 538 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 539 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 540 541 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 542 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 543 544 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 545 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 546 547 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 548 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 549 550 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 551 QualType NSNumberPointer; 552 553 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 554 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 555 556 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 557 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 558 559 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 560 QualType NSStringPointer; 561 562 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 563 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 564 565 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 566 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 567 568 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 569 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 570 571 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 572 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 573 574 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 575 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 576 577 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 578 QualType QIDNSCopying; 579 580 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 581 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 582 583 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 584 /// have been declared. 585 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 586 587 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 588 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 589 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 590 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 591 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 592 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 593 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 594 /// run time. 595 Unevaluated, 596 597 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 598 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 599 /// cases in a switch statment). 600 ConstantEvaluated, 601 602 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 603 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 604 /// expression at run time. 605 PotentiallyEvaluated, 606 607 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 608 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 609 /// in fact the current expression is used. 610 /// 611 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 612 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 613 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 614 /// until the default argument is used. 615 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 616 }; 617 618 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 619 /// expression evaluation contexts. 620 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 621 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 622 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 623 624 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 625 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 626 627 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 628 bool IsDecltype; 629 630 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 631 /// this expression evaluation context. 632 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 633 634 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 635 636 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 637 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 638 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 639 640 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 641 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 642 /// default function argument. 643 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 644 645 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 646 /// within this context. 647 /// 648 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 649 /// do not have lambda expressions. 650 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle; 651 652 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 653 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 654 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 655 656 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 657 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 658 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 659 660 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 661 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 662 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 663 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 664 bool IsDecltype) 665 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 666 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 667 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 668 669 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 670 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 671 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 672 if (!LambdaMangle) 673 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 674 return *LambdaMangle; 675 } 676 }; 677 678 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 679 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 680 681 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 682 /// function. 683 /// 684 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 685 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 686 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 687 public: 688 enum Kind { 689 NoMemberOrDeleted, 690 Ambiguous, 691 Success 692 }; 693 694 private: 695 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 696 697 public: 698 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 699 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 700 {} 701 702 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 703 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 704 705 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 706 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 707 }; 708 709 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 710 /// for C++ records. 711 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 712 713 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 714 /// 715 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 716 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 717 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 718 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 719 /// checks. 720 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 721 722 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 723 724 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 725 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 726 727 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 728 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 729 730 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 731 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 732 /// 733 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 734 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 735 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 736 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 737 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 738 739 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 740 // argument locations. 741 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 742 743 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a 744 /// definition in this translation unit. 745 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; 746 747 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. 748 void getUndefinedButUsed( 749 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); 750 751 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 752 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 753 754 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 755 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 756 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 757 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 758 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 759 760 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 761 /// of -Wselector. 762 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 763 764 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 765 enum CXXSpecialMember { 766 CXXDefaultConstructor, 767 CXXCopyConstructor, 768 CXXMoveConstructor, 769 CXXCopyAssignment, 770 CXXMoveAssignment, 771 CXXDestructor, 772 CXXInvalid 773 }; 774 775 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 776 777 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 778 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 779 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 780 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 781 782 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 783 784 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 785 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 786 787 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 788 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 789 /// should not be used elsewhere. 790 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 791 792 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 793 /// statements. 794 class FPContractStateRAII { 795 public: 796 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 797 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 798 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 799 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 800 } 801 private: 802 Sema& S; 803 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 804 }; 805 806public: 807 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 808 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 809 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 810 ~Sema(); 811 812 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 813 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 814 void Initialize(); 815 816 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 817 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 818 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 819 820 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 821 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 822 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 823 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 824 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 825 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 826 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 827 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 828 829 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 830 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 831 /// 832 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 833 /// 834 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 835 836 void PrintStats() const; 837 838 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 839 /// template instantiation stacks. 840 /// 841 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 842 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 843 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 844 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 845 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 846 /// well. 847 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 848 Sema &SemaRef; 849 unsigned DiagID; 850 851 public: 852 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 853 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 854 855 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 856 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 857 if (!isActive()) return; 858 859 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 860 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 861 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 862 // 863 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 864 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 865 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 866 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 867 // eliminate that code. 868 FlushCounts(); 869 Clear(); 870 871 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 872 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 873 } 874 }; 875 876 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 877 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 878 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 879 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 880 } 881 882 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 883 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 884 885 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 886 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 887 888 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 889 890 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 891 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 892 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 893 894 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 895 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 896 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 897 898 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 899 900 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 901 902 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 903 904 void PushFunctionScope(); 905 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 906 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 907 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 908 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 909 910 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 911 return FunctionScopes.back(); 912 } 913 914 void PushCompoundScope(); 915 void PopCompoundScope(); 916 917 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 918 919 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 920 921 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 922 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 923 924 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 925 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 926 927 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 928 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 929 930 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 931 932 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 933 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 934 // 935 936 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs); 937 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) { 938 return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR)); 939 } 940 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 941 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 942 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 943 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 944 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 945 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 946 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 947 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 948 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 949 950 /// \brief Build a function type. 951 /// 952 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and 953 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have 954 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates 955 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much 956 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. 957 /// 958 /// \param T The return type of the function. 959 /// 960 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array 961 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the 962 /// function parameters. 963 /// 964 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this 965 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the 966 /// type that will have function type. 967 /// 968 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function 969 /// type, if known. 970 /// 971 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will 972 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. 973 /// 974 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The 975 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. 976 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 977 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 978 llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, 979 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 980 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 981 982 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 983 SourceLocation Loc, 984 DeclarationName Entity); 985 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 986 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 987 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 988 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 989 990 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 991 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 992 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 993 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 994 995 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 996 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 997 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 998 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 999 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 1000 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 1001 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 1002 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 1003 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 1004 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 1005 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 1006 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1007 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1008 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 1009 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1010 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1011 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1012 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 1013 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 1014 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 1015 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 1016 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 1017 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 1018 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1019 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 1020 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 1021 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1022 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 1023 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 1024 1025 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1026 1027 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 1028 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 1029 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 1030 1031 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 1032 struct TypeDiagnoser { 1033 bool Suppressed; 1034 1035 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1036 1037 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1038 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1039 }; 1040 1041 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1042 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1043 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1044 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1045 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1046 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1047 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1048 return II; 1049 } 1050 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1051 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1052 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1053 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1054 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1055 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1056 1057 template<typename T1> 1058 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1059 unsigned DiagID; 1060 const T1 &Arg1; 1061 1062 public: 1063 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1064 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1065 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1066 if (Suppressed) return; 1067 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1068 } 1069 1070 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1071 }; 1072 1073 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1074 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1075 unsigned DiagID; 1076 const T1 &Arg1; 1077 const T2 &Arg2; 1078 1079 public: 1080 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1081 const T2 &Arg2) 1082 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1083 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1084 1085 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1086 if (Suppressed) return; 1087 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1088 } 1089 1090 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1091 }; 1092 1093 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1094 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1095 unsigned DiagID; 1096 const T1 &Arg1; 1097 const T2 &Arg2; 1098 const T3 &Arg3; 1099 1100 public: 1101 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1102 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1103 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1104 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1105 1106 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1107 if (Suppressed) return; 1108 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1109 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1110 } 1111 1112 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1113 }; 1114 1115 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1116 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1117 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1118 unsigned DiagID); 1119 1120 template<typename T1> 1121 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1122 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1123 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1124 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1125 } 1126 1127 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1128 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1129 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1130 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1131 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1132 } 1133 1134 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1135 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1136 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1137 const T3 &Arg3) { 1138 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1139 Arg3); 1140 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1141 } 1142 1143 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1144 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1145 1146 template<typename T1> 1147 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1148 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1149 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1150 } 1151 1152 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1153 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1154 const T2 &Arg2) { 1155 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1156 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1157 } 1158 1159 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1160 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1161 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1162 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1163 Arg3); 1164 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1165 } 1166 1167 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1168 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1169 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1170 1171 template<typename T1> 1172 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1173 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1174 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1175 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1176 } 1177 1178 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1179 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1180 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1181 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1182 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1183 } 1184 1185 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1186 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1187 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1188 const T3 &Arg3) { 1189 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1190 Arg3); 1191 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1192 } 1193 1194 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1195 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1196 1197 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1198 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1199 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1200 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1201 SourceLocation Loc); 1202 1203 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1204 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1205 // 1206 1207 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1208 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1209 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1210 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1211 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1212 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1213 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1214 /// such as: 1215 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1216 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1217 1218 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1219 1220 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1221 1222 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1223 1224 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1225 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1226 bool isClassName = false, 1227 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1228 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1229 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1230 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1231 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1232 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1233 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1234 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1235 SourceLocation IILoc, 1236 Scope *S, 1237 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1238 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1239 1240 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1241 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1242 enum NameClassificationKind { 1243 NC_Unknown, 1244 NC_Error, 1245 NC_Keyword, 1246 NC_Type, 1247 NC_Expression, 1248 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1249 NC_TypeTemplate, 1250 NC_FunctionTemplate 1251 }; 1252 1253 class NameClassification { 1254 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1255 ExprResult Expr; 1256 TemplateName Template; 1257 ParsedType Type; 1258 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1259 1260 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1261 1262 public: 1263 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1264 1265 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1266 1267 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1268 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1269 1270 static NameClassification Error() { 1271 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1272 } 1273 1274 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1275 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1276 } 1277 1278 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1279 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1280 } 1281 1282 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1283 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1284 Result.Template = Name; 1285 return Result; 1286 } 1287 1288 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1289 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1290 Result.Template = Name; 1291 return Result; 1292 } 1293 1294 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1295 1296 ParsedType getType() const { 1297 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1298 return Type; 1299 } 1300 1301 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1302 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1303 return Expr; 1304 } 1305 1306 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1307 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1308 return Template; 1309 } 1310 1311 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1312 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1313 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1314 } 1315 }; 1316 1317 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1318 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1319 /// 1320 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1321 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1322 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1323 /// 1324 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1325 /// 1326 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1327 /// 1328 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1329 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1330 /// 1331 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1332 /// 1333 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1334 /// disambiguate the name. 1335 /// 1336 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1337 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1338 /// expression. 1339 /// 1340 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1341 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1342 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1343 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1344 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1345 const Token &NextToken, 1346 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1347 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1348 1349 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1350 1351 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1352 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1353 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1354 const LookupResult &Previous, 1355 Scope *S); 1356 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1357 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1358 DeclarationName Name, 1359 SourceLocation Loc); 1360 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D); 1361 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1362 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1363 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1364 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1365 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1366 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1367 LookupResult &Previous); 1368 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1369 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1370 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1371 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1372 LookupResult &Previous, 1373 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1374 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1375 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1376 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1377 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1378 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1379 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1380 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1381 LookupResult &Previous, 1382 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1383 bool &AddToScope); 1384 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1385 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1386 1387 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1388 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1389 1390 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1391 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1392 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1393 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1394 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1395 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1396 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1397 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1398 SourceLocation Loc, 1399 QualType T); 1400 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1401 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1402 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1403 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1404 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1405 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1406 Expr *defarg); 1407 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1408 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1409 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1410 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1411 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1412 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1413 1414 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1415 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1416 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1417 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1418 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1419 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1420 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1421 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1422 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1423 Decl **Group, 1424 unsigned NumDecls); 1425 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1426 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1427 1428 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1429 /// documentation comments. 1430 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1431 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1432 1433 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1434 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1435 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1436 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1437 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1438 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1439 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1440 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1441 } 1442 1443 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1444 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1445 /// code for that function. 1446 /// 1447 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1448 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1449 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1450 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1451 1452 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1453 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1454 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1455 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1456 1457 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1458 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1459 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1460 1461 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1462 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1463 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1464 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1465 1466 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1467 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1468 /// specified threshold. 1469 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1470 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1471 QualType ReturnTy, 1472 NamedDecl *D); 1473 1474 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1475 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1476 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1477 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1478 1479 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. 1480 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, 1481 AttributeList *AttrList, 1482 SourceLocation SemiLoc); 1483 1484 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1485 /// 1486 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1487 /// 1488 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1489 /// 1490 /// \param Path The module access path. 1491 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1492 ModuleIdPath Path); 1493 1494 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1495 /// source location. 1496 /// 1497 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1498 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1499 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1500 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1501 1502 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1503 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1504 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1505 } 1506 1507 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1508 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1509 const Preprocessor &PP); 1510 1511 /// Scope actions. 1512 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1513 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1514 1515 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1516 DeclSpec &DS); 1517 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1518 DeclSpec &DS, 1519 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 1520 1521 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1522 AccessSpecifier AS, 1523 RecordDecl *Record); 1524 1525 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1526 RecordDecl *Record); 1527 1528 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1529 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1530 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1531 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1532 1533 enum TagUseKind { 1534 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1535 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1536 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1537 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1538 }; 1539 1540 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1541 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1542 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1543 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1544 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1545 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1546 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1547 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1548 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1549 1550 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1551 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1552 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1553 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1554 AttributeList *Attr, 1555 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1556 1557 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1558 unsigned TagSpec, 1559 TagUseKind TUK, 1560 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1561 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1562 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1563 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1564 1565 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1566 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1567 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1568 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1569 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1570 1571 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1572 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1573 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1574 AccessSpecifier AS); 1575 1576 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1577 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1578 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1579 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1580 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1581 SourceLocation TSSL, 1582 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1583 Declarator *D = 0); 1584 1585 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1586 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1587 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1588 bool Diagnose = false); 1589 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1590 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1591 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1592 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1593 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1594 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1595 1596 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1597 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1598 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1599 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1600 AttributeList *AttrList); 1601 1602 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1603 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1604 /// struct, or union). 1605 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1606 1607 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1608 1609 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1610 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1611 /// member declarations. 1612 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1613 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1614 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1615 1616 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1617 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1618 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1619 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1620 1621 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1622 1623 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1624 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1625 /// 1626 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1627 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1628 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1629 1630 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1631 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1632 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1633 1634 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1635 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1636 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1637 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1638 Expr *val); 1639 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1640 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1641 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1642 1643 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1644 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1645 AttributeList *Attrs, 1646 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1647 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1648 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1649 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1650 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1651 1652 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1653 1654 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1655 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1656 void PopDeclContext(); 1657 1658 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1659 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1660 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1661 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1662 1663 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1664 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1665 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1666 1667 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1668 1669 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1670 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1671 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1672 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1673 1674 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1675 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1676 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1677 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1678 1679 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1680 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1681 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1682 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1683 1684 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1685 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1686 1687 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1688 /// top level scope. 1689 /// 1690 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1691 /// 1692 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1693 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1694 1695 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1696 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1697 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1698 /// 1699 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1700 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1701 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1702 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1703 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1704 1705 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1706 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1707 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1708 1709 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1710 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1711 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1712 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1713 1714 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1715 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1716 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1717 VersionTuple Introduced, 1718 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1719 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1720 bool IsUnavailable, 1721 StringRef Message, 1722 bool Override, 1723 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1724 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1725 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1726 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1727 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1728 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1729 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1730 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1731 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1732 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1733 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1734 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1735 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg, 1736 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1737 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 1738 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1739 1740 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1741 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1742 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1743 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1744 AMK_None, 1745 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1746 /// an exact match. 1747 AMK_Redeclaration, 1748 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1749 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1750 AMK_Override 1751 }; 1752 1753 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1754 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1755 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1756 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1757 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1758 Scope *S); 1759 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1760 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1761 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1762 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1763 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1764 1765 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1766 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1767 enum AssignmentAction { 1768 AA_Assigning, 1769 AA_Passing, 1770 AA_Returning, 1771 AA_Converting, 1772 AA_Initializing, 1773 AA_Sending, 1774 AA_Casting 1775 }; 1776 1777 /// C++ Overloading. 1778 enum OverloadKind { 1779 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1780 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1781 Ovl_Overload, 1782 1783 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1784 /// an existing declaration. 1785 Ovl_Match, 1786 1787 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1788 /// non-function. 1789 Ovl_NonFunction 1790 }; 1791 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1792 FunctionDecl *New, 1793 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1794 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1795 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1796 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1797 1798 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1799 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1800 /// 1801 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1802 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1803 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1804 1805 ImplicitConversionSequence 1806 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1807 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1808 bool AllowExplicit, 1809 bool InOverloadResolution, 1810 bool CStyle, 1811 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1812 1813 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1814 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1815 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1816 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1817 bool InOverloadResolution, 1818 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1819 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1820 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1821 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1822 QualType &ConvertedType); 1823 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1824 QualType& ConvertedType); 1825 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1826 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1827 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1828 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1829 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1830 1831 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1832 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1833 CastKind &Kind, 1834 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1835 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1836 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1837 bool InOverloadResolution, 1838 QualType &ConvertedType); 1839 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1840 CastKind &Kind, 1841 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1842 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1843 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1844 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1845 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1846 QualType &ResultTy); 1847 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1848 1849 1850 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1851 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1852 QualType ResultType, 1853 Expr *Value, 1854 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1855 1856 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1857 ExprResult Init); 1858 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1859 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1860 ExprResult Init, 1861 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1862 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1863 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1864 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1865 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1866 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1867 1868 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1869 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1870 1871 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1872 enum CCEKind { 1873 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1874 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1875 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1876 }; 1877 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1878 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1879 1880 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1881 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1882 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1883 public: 1884 bool Suppress; 1885 bool SuppressConversion; 1886 1887 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1888 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1889 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1890 1891 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1892 /// integral or enumeration type. 1893 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1894 QualType T) = 0; 1895 1896 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1897 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1898 QualType T) = 0; 1899 1900 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1901 /// is explicit. 1902 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1903 QualType T, 1904 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1905 1906 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1907 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1908 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1909 1910 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1911 /// functions. 1912 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1913 QualType T) = 0; 1914 1915 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1916 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1917 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1918 1919 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1920 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1921 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1922 QualType T, 1923 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1924 1925 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1926 }; 1927 1928 ExprResult 1929 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1930 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1931 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1932 1933 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1934 OS_Array, 1935 OS_Dictionary, 1936 OS_Error 1937 }; 1938 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1939 1940 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 1941 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 1942 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 1943 LK_Array, 1944 LK_Dictionary, 1945 LK_Numeric, 1946 LK_Boxed, 1947 LK_String, 1948 LK_Block, 1949 LK_None 1950 }; 1951 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 1952 1953 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1954 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1955 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1956 NamedDecl *Member); 1957 1958 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1959 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1960 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1961 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1962 1963 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1964 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1965 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1966 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1967 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1968 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1969 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1970 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1971 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1972 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1973 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1974 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1975 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1976 QualType ObjectType, 1977 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1978 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1979 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1980 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1981 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1982 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1983 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1984 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1985 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1986 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1987 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1988 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1989 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1990 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1991 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1992 QualType ObjectType, 1993 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1994 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1995 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1996 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1997 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1998 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1999 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2000 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2001 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2002 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2003 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2004 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2005 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2006 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2007 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2008 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2009 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2010 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2011 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2012 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 2013 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2014 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2015 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2016 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2017 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2018 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2019 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2020 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2021 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2022 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2023 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 2024 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 2025 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2026 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2027 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 2028 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 2029 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2030 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2031 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2032 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2033 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 2034 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 2035 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2036 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2037 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2038 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2039 2040 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2041 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2042 2043 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 2044 // identified by the expression Expr 2045 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2046 2047 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2048 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2049 // R (A) --> R(A) 2050 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2051 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2052 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2053 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2054 2055 FunctionDecl * 2056 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2057 QualType TargetType, 2058 bool Complain, 2059 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2060 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2061 2062 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2063 bool Complain = false, 2064 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2065 2066 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2067 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2068 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2069 bool Complain = false, 2070 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2071 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2072 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2073 2074 2075 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2076 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2077 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2078 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2079 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2080 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2081 2082 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2083 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2084 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2085 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2086 2087 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2088 // range-based for loop. 2089 enum ForRangeStatus { 2090 FRS_Success, 2091 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2092 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2093 }; 2094 2095 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2096 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2097 enum BeginEndFunction { 2098 BEF_begin, 2099 BEF_end 2100 }; 2101 2102 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2103 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2104 VarDecl *Decl, 2105 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2106 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2107 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2108 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2109 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2110 2111 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2112 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2113 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2114 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2115 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2116 Expr *ExecConfig, 2117 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2118 2119 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2120 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2121 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2122 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2123 ExprResult *Result); 2124 2125 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2126 unsigned Opc, 2127 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2128 Expr *input); 2129 2130 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2131 unsigned Opc, 2132 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2133 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2134 2135 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2136 SourceLocation RLoc, 2137 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2138 2139 ExprResult 2140 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2141 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 2142 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2143 ExprResult 2144 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2145 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2146 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2147 2148 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2149 SourceLocation OpLoc); 2150 2151 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2152 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2153 /// that best represents the call. 2154 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2155 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2156 2157 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2158 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 2159 bool CheckParameterNames); 2160 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2161 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2162 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2163 2164 /// \name Name lookup 2165 /// 2166 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2167 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2168 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2169 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2170 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2171 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2172 /// 2173 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2174 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2175 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2176 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2177 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2178 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2179 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2180 /// 2181 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2182 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2183 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2184 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2185 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2186 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2187 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2188 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2189 //@{ 2190 2191 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2192 enum LookupNameKind { 2193 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2194 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2195 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2196 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2197 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2198 /// structs, and unions. 2199 LookupTagName, 2200 /// Label name lookup. 2201 LookupLabel, 2202 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2203 /// class/struct/union members. 2204 LookupMemberName, 2205 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2206 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2207 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2208 LookupOperatorName, 2209 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2210 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2211 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2212 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2213 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2214 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2215 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2216 LookupNamespaceName, 2217 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2218 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2219 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2220 LookupUsingDeclName, 2221 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2222 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2223 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2224 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2225 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2226 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2227 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2228 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2229 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2230 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2231 LookupAnyName 2232 }; 2233 2234 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2235 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2236 enum RedeclarationKind { 2237 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2238 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2239 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2240 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2241 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2242 ForRedeclaration 2243 }; 2244 2245 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2246 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2247 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2248 LOLR_Error, 2249 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2250 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2251 LOLR_Cooked, 2252 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2253 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2254 LOLR_Raw, 2255 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2256 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2257 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2258 LOLR_Template 2259 }; 2260 2261 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2262 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2263 bool ConstArg, 2264 bool VolatileArg, 2265 bool RValueThis, 2266 bool ConstThis, 2267 bool VolatileThis); 2268 2269private: 2270 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2271 2272 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2273 // 2274 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2275 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2276 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2277 2278 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2279 /// source. 2280 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2281 2282public: 2283 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2284 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2285 /// 2286 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2287 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2288 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2289 SourceLocation Loc, 2290 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2291 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2292 = NotForRedeclaration); 2293 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2294 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2295 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2296 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2297 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2298 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2299 bool EnteringContext = false); 2300 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2301 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2302 = NotForRedeclaration); 2303 2304 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2305 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2306 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2307 2308 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2309 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2310 2311 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2312 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2313 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2314 unsigned Quals); 2315 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2316 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2317 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2318 unsigned Quals); 2319 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2320 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2321 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2322 2323 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2324 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2325 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2326 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2327 2328 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2329 SourceLocation Loc, 2330 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2331 ADLResult &Functions); 2332 2333 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2334 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2335 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2336 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2337 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2338 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2339 2340 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2341 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2342 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2343 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2344 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2345 bool EnteringContext = false, 2346 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2347 2348 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2349 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2350 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2351 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2352 2353 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2354 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2355 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2356 2357 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2358 //@} 2359 2360 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2361 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2362 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2363 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2364 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2365 SourceLocation Loc); 2366 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2367 Scope *S); 2368 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2369 2370 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2371 2372 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2373 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2374 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2375 bool NonInheritable = true, 2376 bool Inheritable = true); 2377 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2378 bool NonInheritable = true, 2379 bool Inheritable = true, 2380 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2381 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2382 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2383 2384 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2385 2386 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2387 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2388 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2389 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2390 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); 2391 2392 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2393 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2394 SourceRange Range); 2395 2396 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2397 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2398 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2399 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2400 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2401 2402 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2403 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2404 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2405 2406 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2407 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2408 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2409 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2410 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2411 2412 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2413 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2414 2415 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2416 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2417 2418 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2419 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2420 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2421 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2422 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2423 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2424 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2425 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2426 2427 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2428 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2429 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2430 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2431 SourceLocation Loc); 2432 2433 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2434 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2435 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2436 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2437 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2438 2439 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2440 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2441 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2442 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2443 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2444 2445 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2446 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2447 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2448 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2449 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2450 2451 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2452 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2453 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2454 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2455 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2456 2457 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is 2458 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor 2459 /// declared in class 'IFace'. 2460 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, 2461 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); 2462 2463 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2464 /// class extensions. 2465 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2466 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2467 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2468 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2469 Selector GetterSel, 2470 Selector SetterSel, 2471 const bool isAssign, 2472 const bool isReadWrite, 2473 const unsigned Attributes, 2474 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2475 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2476 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2477 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2478 2479 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2480 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2481 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2482 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2483 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2484 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2485 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2486 Selector GetterSel, 2487 Selector SetterSel, 2488 const bool isAssign, 2489 const bool isReadWrite, 2490 const unsigned Attributes, 2491 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2492 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2493 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2494 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2495 2496 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2497 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2498 /// setter or getter. 2499 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2500 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2501 2502 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2503 2504 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2505 2506 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2507 MMS_loose, 2508 MMS_strict 2509 }; 2510 2511 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2512 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2513 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2514 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2515 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2516 2517 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2518 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2519 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2520 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2521 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2522 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2523 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2524 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2525 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2526 bool ImmediateClass, 2527 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2528 2529 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2530 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2531 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2532 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2533 2534 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2535 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2536 2537private: 2538 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2539 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2540 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2541 2542 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2543 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2544 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2545 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2546 bool warn, bool instance); 2547 2548public: 2549 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2550 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2551 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2552 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2553 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2554 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2555 } 2556 2557 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2558 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2559 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2560 } 2561 2562 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2563 /// pool. 2564 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2565 2566 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2567 /// there are multiple signatures. 2568 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2569 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2570 bool warn=true) { 2571 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2572 warn, /*instance*/true); 2573 } 2574 2575 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2576 /// there are multiple signatures. 2577 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2578 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2579 bool warn=true) { 2580 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2581 warn, /*instance*/false); 2582 } 2583 2584 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2585 /// implementation. 2586 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2587 2588 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2589 /// initialization. 2590 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2591 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2592 2593 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2594 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2595public: 2596 class FullExprArg { 2597 public: 2598 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2599 2600 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2601 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2602 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2603 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2604 2605 ExprResult release() { 2606 return E; 2607 } 2608 2609 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2610 2611 Expr *operator->() { 2612 return E; 2613 } 2614 2615 private: 2616 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2617 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2618 friend class Sema; 2619 2620 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2621 2622 Expr *E; 2623 }; 2624 2625 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2626 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2627 } 2628 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2629 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2630 } 2631 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2632 ExprResult FE = 2633 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2634 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2635 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2636 } 2637 2638 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2639 2640 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2641 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2642 2643 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2644 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2645 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2646 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2647 bool isStmtExpr); 2648 2649 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2650 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2651 public: 2652 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2653 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2654 } 2655 2656 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2657 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2658 } 2659 2660 private: 2661 Sema &S; 2662 }; 2663 2664 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2665 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2666 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2667 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2668 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2669 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2670 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2671 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2672 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2673 2674 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2675 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2676 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2677 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2678 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2679 2680 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2681 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2682 Stmt *SubStmt); 2683 2684 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2685 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2686 Stmt *ThenVal, 2687 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2688 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2689 Expr *Cond, 2690 Decl *CondVar); 2691 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2692 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2693 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2694 FullExprArg Cond, 2695 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2696 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2697 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2698 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2699 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2700 2701 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2702 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2703 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2704 Decl *SecondVar, 2705 FullExprArg Third, 2706 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2707 Stmt *Body); 2708 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2709 Expr *collection); 2710 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2711 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2712 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2713 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2714 2715 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2716 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2717 BFRK_Build, 2718 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2719 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2720 BFRK_Rebuild, 2721 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2722 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2723 BFRK_Check 2724 }; 2725 2726 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2727 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2728 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2729 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2730 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2731 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2732 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2733 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2734 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2735 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2736 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2737 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2738 2739 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2740 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2741 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2742 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2743 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2744 Expr *DestExp); 2745 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2746 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2747 2748 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2749 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2750 2751 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2752 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2753 2754 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2755 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2756 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2757 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2758 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2759 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2760 2761 NamedDecl *LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc, 2762 unsigned &Length, unsigned &Size, 2763 unsigned &Type, bool &IsVarDecl); 2764 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2765 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2766 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2767 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, SourceLocation EndLoc); 2768 2769 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2770 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2771 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2772 bool Invalid = false); 2773 2774 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2775 2776 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2777 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2778 2779 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2780 2781 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2782 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2783 2784 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2785 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2786 Scope *CurScope); 2787 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2788 Expr *operand); 2789 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2790 Expr *SynchExpr, 2791 Stmt *SynchBody); 2792 2793 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2794 2795 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2796 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2797 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2798 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2799 2800 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2801 2802 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2803 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2804 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2805 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2806 2807 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2808 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2809 Stmt *TryBlock, 2810 Stmt *Handler); 2811 2812 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2813 Expr *FilterExpr, 2814 Stmt *Block); 2815 2816 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2817 Stmt *Block); 2818 2819 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2820 2821 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2822 2823 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2824 /// of it. 2825 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2826 2827 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2828 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2829 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2830 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2831 2832 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2833 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2834 /// 2835 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2836 /// if (condition); 2837 /// do_stuff(); 2838 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2839 const Stmt *Body, 2840 unsigned DiagID); 2841 2842 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2843 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2844 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2845 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2846 2847 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2848 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2849 } 2850 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2851 2852 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2853 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2854 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2855 } 2856 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2857 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2858 } 2859 2860 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2861 2862 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2863 SourceLocation Loc, 2864 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 2865 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 2866 2867 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2868 2869 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2870 StringRef message); 2871 2872 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2873 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2874 2875 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2876 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2877 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2878 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2879 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2880 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2881 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2882 SourceLocation Loc); 2883 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2884 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2885 2886 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2887 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2888 bool IsDecltype = false); 2889 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 2890 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2891 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 2892 bool IsDecltype = false); 2893 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2894 2895 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2896 2897 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2898 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2899 2900 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2901 2902 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2903 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2904 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2905 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2906 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2907 // named expressions. 2908 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse); 2909 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2910 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2911 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2912 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2913 2914 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2915 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2916 2917 enum TryCaptureKind { 2918 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2919 }; 2920 2921 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2922 /// 2923 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2924 /// 2925 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2926 /// 2927 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2928 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2929 /// 2930 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2931 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2932 /// 2933 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2934 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2935 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2936 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2937 /// 2938 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2939 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2940 /// variable can be captured. 2941 /// 2942 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 2943 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2944 /// captured. 2945 /// 2946 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2947 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2948 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2949 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2950 QualType &CaptureType, 2951 QualType &DeclRefType); 2952 2953 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2954 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2955 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2956 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2957 2958 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2959 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2960 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2961 2962 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2963 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2964 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2965 2966 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2967 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2968 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2969 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2970 bool ForceComplain = false, 2971 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2972 2973 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2974 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2975 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2976 2977 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2978 /// evaluation context. 2979 /// 2980 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 2981 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 2982 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 2983 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 2984 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2985 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2986 2987 // Primary Expressions. 2988 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2989 2990 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2991 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2992 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2993 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2994 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2995 2996 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 2997 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 2998 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2999 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 3000 3001 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 3002 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 3003 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 3004 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 3005 3006 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 3007 IdentifierInfo *II, 3008 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 3009 3010 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3011 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3012 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3013 bool isAddressOfOperand, 3014 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3015 3016 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3017 ExprValueKind VK, 3018 SourceLocation Loc, 3019 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 3020 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3021 ExprValueKind VK, 3022 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3023 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 3024 ExprResult 3025 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3026 SourceLocation nameLoc, 3027 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 3028 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 3029 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 3030 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3031 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3032 LookupResult &R, 3033 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3034 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3035 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3036 LookupResult &R, 3037 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3038 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 3039 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3040 const LookupResult &R, 3041 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3042 3043 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3044 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3045 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 3046 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3047 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3048 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3049 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3050 3051 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3052 LookupResult &R, 3053 bool NeedsADL); 3054 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3055 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3056 NamedDecl *D); 3057 3058 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3059 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3060 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3061 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3062 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3063 3064 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3065 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3066 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3067 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3068 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3069 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3070 SourceLocation R, 3071 MultiExprArg Val); 3072 3073 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3074 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3075 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3076 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3077 3078 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3079 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3080 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3081 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3082 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 3083 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 3084 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3085 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3086 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3087 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3088 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 3089 Expr **Exprs, 3090 unsigned NumAssocs); 3091 3092 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3093 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3094 Expr *InputExpr); 3095 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3096 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3097 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3098 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3099 3100 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3101 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3102 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3103 SourceRange R); 3104 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3105 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3106 ExprResult 3107 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3108 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3109 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3110 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3111 3112 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3113 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3114 3115 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3116 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3117 SourceRange ExprRange, 3118 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3119 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3120 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3121 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3122 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3123 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3124 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3125 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3126 3127 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3128 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3129 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3130 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3131 3132 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3133 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3134 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3135 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3136 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3137 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3138 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3139 3140 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3141 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3142 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3143 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3144 // defines a custom operator->). 3145 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3146 Scope *S; 3147 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3148 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3149 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3150 }; 3151 3152 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3153 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3154 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3155 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3156 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3157 LookupResult &R, 3158 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3159 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3160 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3161 3162 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3163 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3164 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3165 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3166 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3167 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3168 3169 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3170 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3171 const LookupResult &R); 3172 3173 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3174 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3175 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3176 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3177 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3178 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3179 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3180 3181 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3182 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3183 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3184 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3185 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3186 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3187 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3188 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3189 3190 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3191 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3192 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3193 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3194 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3195 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3196 bool ExecConfig = false); 3197 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3198 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3199 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3200 3201 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3202 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3203 /// locations. 3204 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3205 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3206 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3207 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3208 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3209 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3210 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3211 Expr *Config = 0, 3212 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3213 3214 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3215 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3216 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3217 3218 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3219 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3220 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3221 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3222 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3223 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3224 Expr *Op); 3225 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3226 3227 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3228 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3229 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3230 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3231 3232 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3233 3234 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3235 ParsedType Ty, 3236 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3237 Expr *InitExpr); 3238 3239 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3240 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3241 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3242 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3243 3244 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3245 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3246 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3247 3248 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3249 SourceLocation Loc, 3250 bool GNUSyntax, 3251 ExprResult Init); 3252 3253 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3254 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3255 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3256 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3257 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3258 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3259 3260 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3261 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3262 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3263 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3264 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3265 3266 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3267 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3268 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3269 3270 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3271 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3272 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3273 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3274 3275 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3276 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3277 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3278 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3279 union { 3280 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3281 Expr *E; 3282 } U; 3283 }; 3284 3285 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3286 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3287 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3288 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3289 unsigned NumComponents, 3290 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3291 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3292 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3293 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3294 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3295 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3296 unsigned NumComponents, 3297 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3298 3299 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3300 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3301 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3302 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3303 3304 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3305 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3306 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3307 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3308 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3309 3310 // __null 3311 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3312 3313 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3314 3315 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3316 enum IfExistsResult { 3317 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3318 IER_Exists, 3319 3320 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3321 IER_DoesNotExist, 3322 3323 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3324 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3325 IER_Dependent, 3326 3327 /// \brief An error occurred. 3328 IER_Error 3329 }; 3330 3331 IfExistsResult 3332 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3333 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3334 3335 IfExistsResult 3336 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3337 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3338 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3339 3340 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3341 bool IsIfExists, 3342 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3343 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3344 Stmt *Nested); 3345 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3346 bool IsIfExists, 3347 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3348 Stmt *Nested); 3349 3350 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3351 3352 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3353 /// started. 3354 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3355 3356 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3357 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3358 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3359 Scope *CurScope); 3360 3361 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3362 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3363 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3364 3365 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3366 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3367 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3368 Scope *CurScope); 3369 3370 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3371 3372 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3373 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3374 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3375 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3376 3377 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3378 3379 // Act on C++ namespaces 3380 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3381 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3382 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3383 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3384 SourceLocation LBrace, 3385 AttributeList *AttrList); 3386 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3387 3388 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3389 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3390 3391 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3392 3393 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3394 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3395 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3396 3397 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3398 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3399 /// 3400 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3401 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3402 3403 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3404 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3405 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3406 3407 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3408 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3409 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3410 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3411 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3412 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3413 AttributeList *AttrList); 3414 3415 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3416 3417 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3418 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3419 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3420 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3421 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3422 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3423 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3424 3425 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3426 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3427 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3428 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3429 NamedDecl *Target); 3430 3431 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3432 bool isTypeName, 3433 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3434 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3435 const LookupResult &Previous); 3436 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3437 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3438 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3439 3440 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3441 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3442 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3443 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3444 AttributeList *AttrList, 3445 bool IsInstantiation, 3446 bool IsTypeName, 3447 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3448 3449 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3450 3451 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3452 AccessSpecifier AS, 3453 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3454 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3455 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3456 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3457 AttributeList *AttrList, 3458 bool IsTypeName, 3459 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3460 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3461 AccessSpecifier AS, 3462 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3463 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3464 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3465 AttributeList *AttrList, 3466 TypeResult Type); 3467 3468 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3469 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3470 /// 3471 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3472 ExprResult 3473 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3474 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3475 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3476 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3477 SourceRange ParenRange); 3478 3479 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3480 // the constructor can be elidable? 3481 ExprResult 3482 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3483 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3484 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3485 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3486 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3487 3488 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3489 /// the default expr if needed. 3490 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3491 FunctionDecl *FD, 3492 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3493 3494 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3495 /// constructed variable. 3496 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3497 3498 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3499 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3500 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3501 // Pointer to allow copying 3502 Sema *Self; 3503 // We order exception specifications thus: 3504 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3505 // throw() comes next. 3506 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3507 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3508 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3509 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3510 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3511 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3512 3513 void ClearExceptions() { 3514 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3515 Exceptions.clear(); 3516 } 3517 3518 public: 3519 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3520 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3521 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3522 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3523 } 3524 3525 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3526 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3527 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3528 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3529 return ComputedEST; 3530 } 3531 3532 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3533 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3534 3535 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3536 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3537 3538 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3539 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3540 3541 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3542 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3543 3544 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3545 /// computed exception specification. 3546 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3547 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3548 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3549 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3550 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3551 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3552 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3553 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3554 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3555 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3556 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3557 tok::kw_false).take(); 3558 } 3559 } 3560 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3561 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3562 getEPI(EPI); 3563 return EPI; 3564 } 3565 }; 3566 3567 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3568 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3569 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3570 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3571 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3572 3573 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3574 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3575 /// will be const. 3576 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3577 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3578 3579 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3580 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3581 /// parameter will be const. 3582 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3583 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3584 3585 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3586 /// constructor of a class will have. 3587 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3588 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3589 3590 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3591 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3592 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3593 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3594 3595 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3596 /// destructor of a class will have. 3597 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3598 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3599 3600 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3601 /// special member function. 3602 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3603 3604 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3605 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3606 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3607 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3608 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3609 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3610 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3611 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3612 3613 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3614 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3615 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3616 bool Diagnose = false); 3617 3618 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3619 /// 3620 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3621 /// default constructor will be added. 3622 /// 3623 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3624 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3625 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3626 3627 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3628 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3629 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3630 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3631 3632 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3633 /// 3634 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3635 /// destructor will be added. 3636 /// 3637 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3638 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3639 3640 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3641 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3642 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3643 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3644 3645 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3646 /// 3647 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3648 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3649 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3650 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3651 3652 /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class. 3653 /// 3654 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited 3655 /// constructors will be added. 3656 void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3657 3658 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3659 /// 3660 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3661 /// copy constructor will be added. 3662 /// 3663 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3664 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3665 3666 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3667 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3668 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3669 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3670 3671 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3672 /// 3673 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3674 /// move constructor will be added. 3675 /// 3676 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3677 /// declared. 3678 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3679 3680 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3681 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3682 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3683 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3684 3685 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3686 /// 3687 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3688 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3689 /// 3690 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3691 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3692 3693 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3694 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3695 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3696 3697 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3698 /// 3699 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3700 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3701 /// 3702 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3703 /// wasn't declared. 3704 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3705 3706 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3707 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3708 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3709 3710 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3711 /// class. 3712 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3713 3714 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3715 /// special member function. 3716 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3717 3718 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3719 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3720 /// 3721 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3722 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3723 3724 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3725 /// member function. 3726 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3727 3728 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3729 /// static member function. 3730 /// 3731 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3732 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3733 3734 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3735 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3736 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3737 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3738 3739 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3740 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3741 SourceLocation Loc, 3742 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3743 bool AllowExplicit = false, 3744 bool IsListInitialization = false); 3745 3746 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3747 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3748 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3749 ParsedType ObjectType, 3750 bool EnteringContext); 3751 3752 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3753 3754 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3755 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3756 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3757 3758 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3759 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3760 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3761 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3762 Declarator &D, 3763 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3764 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3765 Expr *E, 3766 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3767 3768 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3769 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3770 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3771 Expr *E, 3772 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3773 SourceRange Parens); 3774 3775 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3776 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3777 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3778 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3779 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3780 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3781 Expr *Operand, 3782 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3783 3784 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3785 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3786 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3787 void *TyOrExpr, 3788 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3789 3790 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3791 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3792 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3793 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3794 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3795 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3796 Expr *Operand, 3797 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3798 3799 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3800 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3801 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3802 void *TyOrExpr, 3803 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3804 3805 3806 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3807 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3808 3809 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3810 /// 3811 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3812 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3813 3814 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3815 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3816 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3817 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3818 3819 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3820 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3821 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3822 Sema &S; 3823 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3824 bool Enabled; 3825 3826 public: 3827 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3828 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3829 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3830 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3831 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3832 bool Enabled = true); 3833 3834 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3835 }; 3836 3837 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3838 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3839 /// 3840 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3841 /// 3842 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3843 /// capture list. 3844 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3845 3846 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3847 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3848 /// being defined. 3849 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3850 3851 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3852 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3853 3854 3855 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3856 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3857 3858 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3859 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3860 3861 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3862 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3863 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3864 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3865 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3866 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3867 3868 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3869 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3870 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3871 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3872 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3873 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3874 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3875 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3876 3877 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3878 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3879 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3880 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3881 3882 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3883 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3884 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3885 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3886 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3887 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3888 Expr *Initializer); 3889 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 3890 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3891 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3892 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3893 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3894 QualType AllocType, 3895 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3896 Expr *ArraySize, 3897 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3898 Expr *Initializer, 3899 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3900 3901 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3902 SourceRange R); 3903 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3904 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3905 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3906 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3907 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3908 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3909 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3910 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3911 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3912 bool Diagnose = true); 3913 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3914 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3915 QualType Argument, 3916 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3917 3918 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3919 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3920 bool Diagnose = true); 3921 3922 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3923 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3924 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3925 Expr *Operand); 3926 3927 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3928 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3929 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3930 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3931 3932 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3933 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3934 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3935 SourceLocation RParen); 3936 3937 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3938 /// pseudo-functions. 3939 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3940 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3941 ParsedType Ty, 3942 SourceLocation RParen); 3943 3944 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3945 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3946 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3947 SourceLocation RParen); 3948 3949 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3950 /// pseudo-functions. 3951 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3952 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3953 ParsedType LhsTy, 3954 ParsedType RhsTy, 3955 SourceLocation RParen); 3956 3957 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3958 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3959 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3960 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3961 SourceLocation RParen); 3962 3963 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3964 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3965 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3966 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3967 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3968 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3969 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3970 3971 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3972 /// pseudo-functions. 3973 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3974 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3975 ParsedType LhsTy, 3976 Expr *DimExpr, 3977 SourceLocation RParen); 3978 3979 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3980 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3981 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3982 Expr *DimExpr, 3983 SourceLocation RParen); 3984 3985 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3986 /// pseudo-functions. 3987 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3988 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3989 Expr *Queried, 3990 SourceLocation RParen); 3991 3992 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3993 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3994 Expr *Queried, 3995 SourceLocation RParen); 3996 3997 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 3998 Expr *Base, 3999 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4000 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4001 ParsedType &ObjectType, 4002 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 4003 4004 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 4005 4006 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 4007 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4008 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4009 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4010 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 4011 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4012 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4013 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 4014 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4015 4016 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4017 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4018 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4019 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4020 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 4021 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4022 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4023 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 4024 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4025 4026 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4027 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4028 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4029 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4030 const DeclSpec& DS, 4031 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4032 4033 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 4034 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 4035 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 4036 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 4037 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 4038 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 4039 4040 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 4041 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 4042 : SourceLocation()); 4043 } 4044 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 4045 bool DiscardedValue = false, 4046 bool IsConstexpr = false); 4047 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 4048 4049 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4050 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4051 4052 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4053 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4054 bool EnteringContext = false); 4055 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4056 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4057 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4058 4059 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4060 /// 4061 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4062 /// 4063 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4064 /// 4065 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4066 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4067 /// 4068 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4069 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4070 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4071 4072 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD); 4073 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4074 4075 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4076 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4077 IdentifierInfo &II, 4078 ParsedType ObjectType); 4079 4080 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4081 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4082 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4083 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4084 QualType ObjectType, 4085 bool EnteringContext, 4086 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4087 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4088 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4089 4090 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4091 /// 4092 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4093 /// 4094 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4095 /// 4096 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4097 /// 4098 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4099 /// 4100 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4101 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4102 /// 4103 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4104 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4105 /// 4106 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4107 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4108 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4109 /// including this new type). 4110 /// 4111 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4112 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4113 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4114 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4115 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4116 ParsedType ObjectType, 4117 bool EnteringContext, 4118 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4119 4120 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4121 4122 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4123 const DeclSpec &DS, 4124 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4125 4126 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4127 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4128 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4129 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4130 ParsedType ObjectType, 4131 bool EnteringContext); 4132 4133 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4134 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4135 /// 4136 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4137 /// 4138 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4139 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4140 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4141 /// including this new type). 4142 /// 4143 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4144 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4145 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4146 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4147 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4148 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4149 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4150 /// 4151 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4152 /// nested-name-specifier. 4153 /// 4154 /// 4155 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4156 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4157 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4158 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4159 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4160 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4161 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4162 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4163 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4164 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4165 bool EnteringContext); 4166 4167 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4168 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4169 /// nested-name-specifier. 4170 /// 4171 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4172 /// 4173 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4174 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4175 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4176 4177 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4178 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4179 /// 4180 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4181 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4182 /// 4183 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4184 /// 4185 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4186 /// of the annotation pointer. 4187 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4188 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4189 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4190 4191 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4192 4193 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4194 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4195 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4196 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4197 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4198 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4199 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4200 4201 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4202 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4203 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4204 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4205 /// defining scope. 4206 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4207 4208 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4209 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4210 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4211 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4212 /// class X. 4213 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4214 4215 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4216 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4217 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4218 4219 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4220 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4221 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4222 bool KnownDependent); 4223 4224 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4225 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4226 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4227 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4228 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4229 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4230 4231 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4232 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4233 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4234 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4235 bool ExplicitParams, 4236 bool ExplicitResultType, 4237 bool Mutable); 4238 4239 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4240 /// given lambda. 4241 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4242 4243 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4244 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4245 4246 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4247 /// statements present in the body. 4248 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4249 4250 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4251 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4252 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4253 /// lambda. 4254 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4255 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4256 4257 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4258 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4259 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4260 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4261 4262 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4263 /// was successfully completed. 4264 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4265 Scope *CurScope, 4266 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4267 4268 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4269 /// function pointer. 4270 /// 4271 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4272 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4273 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4274 /// block pointer conversion. 4275 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4276 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4277 4278 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4279 /// block pointer. 4280 /// 4281 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4282 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4283 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4284 /// block pointer conversion. 4285 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4286 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4287 4288 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4289 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4290 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4291 Expr *Src); 4292 4293 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4294 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4295 Expr **Strings, 4296 unsigned NumStrings); 4297 4298 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4299 4300 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4301 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4302 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4303 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4304 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4305 bool Value); 4306 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4307 4308 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4309 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4310 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4311 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4312 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4313 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4314 4315 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4316 Expr *IndexExpr, 4317 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4318 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4319 4320 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4321 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4322 unsigned NumElements); 4323 4324 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4325 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4326 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4327 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4328 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4329 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4330 4331 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4332 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4333 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4334 ParsedType Ty, 4335 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4336 4337 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4338 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4339 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4340 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4341 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4342 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4343 4344 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4345 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4346 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4347 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4348 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4349 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4350 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4351 4352 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4353 // C++ Declarations 4354 // 4355 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4356 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4357 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4358 StringRef Lang, 4359 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4360 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4361 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4362 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4363 4364 4365 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4366 // C++ Classes 4367 // 4368 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4369 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4370 4371 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4372 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4373 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4374 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4375 4376 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4377 Declarator &D, 4378 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4379 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4380 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4381 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4382 Expr *Init); 4383 4384 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4385 Scope *S, 4386 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4387 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4388 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4389 const DeclSpec &DS, 4390 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4391 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4392 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4393 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4394 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4395 4396 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4397 Scope *S, 4398 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4399 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4400 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4401 const DeclSpec &DS, 4402 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4403 Expr *InitList, 4404 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4405 4406 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4407 Scope *S, 4408 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4409 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4410 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4411 const DeclSpec &DS, 4412 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4413 Expr *Init, 4414 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4415 4416 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4417 Expr *Init, 4418 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4419 4420 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4421 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4422 Expr *Init, 4423 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4424 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4425 4426 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4427 Expr *Init, 4428 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4429 4430 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4431 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4432 4433 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4434 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = 4435 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *>()); 4436 4437 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4438 4439 4440 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4441 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4442 /// referenced. 4443 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4444 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4445 4446 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4447 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4448 /// first use occurred. 4449 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4450 4451 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4452 /// materialized. 4453 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4454 4455 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4456 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4457 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4458 /// by code generation). 4459 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4460 4461 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4462 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4463 4464 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4465 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4466 DynamicClassesType; 4467 4468 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4469 /// unit. 4470 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4471 4472 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4473 /// given location. 4474 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4475 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4476 4477 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4478 /// in the given class as needed. 4479 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4480 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4481 4482 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4483 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4484 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4485 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4486 4487 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4488 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4489 /// vtables. 4490 /// 4491 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4492 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4493 4494 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4495 4496 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4497 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4498 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4499 bool AnyErrors); 4500 4501 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4502 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4503 Decl *TagDecl, 4504 SourceLocation LBrac, 4505 SourceLocation RBrac, 4506 AttributeList *AttrList); 4507 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4508 4509 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4510 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4511 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4512 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4513 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4514 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4515 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4516 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4517 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4518 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4519 4520 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4521 Expr *AssertExpr, 4522 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4523 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4524 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4525 Expr *AssertExpr, 4526 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4527 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4528 bool Failed); 4529 4530 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4531 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4532 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4533 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4534 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4535 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4536 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4537 4538 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4539 StorageClass& SC); 4540 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4541 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4542 StorageClass& SC); 4543 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4544 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4545 StorageClass& SC); 4546 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4547 4548 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4549 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4550 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4551 void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4552 4553 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4554 // C++ Derived Classes 4555 // 4556 4557 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4558 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4559 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4560 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4561 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4562 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4563 4564 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4565 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4566 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 4567 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4568 ParsedType basetype, 4569 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4570 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4571 4572 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4573 unsigned NumBases); 4574 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4575 unsigned NumBases); 4576 4577 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4578 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4579 4580 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4581 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4582 4583 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4584 4585 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4586 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4587 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4588 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4589 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4590 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4591 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4592 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4593 DeclarationName Name, 4594 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4595 4596 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4597 4598 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4599 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4600 4601 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4602 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4603 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4604 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4605 4606 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4607 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4608 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4609 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4610 4611 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4612 4613 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4614 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4615 4616 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4617 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4618 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4619 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4620 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4621 4622 4623 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4624 // C++ Access Control 4625 // 4626 4627 enum AccessResult { 4628 AR_accessible, 4629 AR_inaccessible, 4630 AR_dependent, 4631 AR_delayed 4632 }; 4633 4634 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4635 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4636 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4637 4638 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4639 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4640 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4641 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4642 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4643 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4644 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4645 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4646 bool Diagnose = true); 4647 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4648 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4649 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4650 AccessSpecifier Access, 4651 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4652 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4653 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4654 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4655 AccessSpecifier Access, 4656 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4657 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4658 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4659 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4660 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4661 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4662 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4663 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4664 Expr *ArgExpr, 4665 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4666 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4667 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4668 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4669 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4670 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4671 unsigned DiagID, 4672 bool ForceCheck = false, 4673 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4674 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4675 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4676 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4677 AccessSpecifier access, 4678 QualType objectType); 4679 4680 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4681 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4682 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4683 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4684 4685 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4686 4687 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4688 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4689 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4690 4691 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4692 AbstractNone = -1, 4693 AbstractReturnType, 4694 AbstractParamType, 4695 AbstractVariableType, 4696 AbstractFieldType, 4697 AbstractIvarType, 4698 AbstractArrayType 4699 }; 4700 4701 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4702 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4703 template<typename T1> 4704 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4705 unsigned DiagID, 4706 const T1 &Arg1) { 4707 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4708 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4709 } 4710 4711 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4712 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4713 unsigned DiagID, 4714 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4715 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4716 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4717 } 4718 4719 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4720 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4721 unsigned DiagID, 4722 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4723 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4724 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4725 } 4726 4727 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4728 4729 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4730 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4731 4732 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4733 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4734 // 4735 4736 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4737 4738 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4739 4740 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4741 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4742 // 4743 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4744 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4745 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4746 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4747 4748 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4749 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4750 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4751 4752 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4753 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4754 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4755 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4756 ParsedType ObjectType, 4757 bool EnteringContext, 4758 TemplateTy &Template, 4759 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4760 4761 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4762 SourceLocation IILoc, 4763 Scope *S, 4764 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4765 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4766 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4767 4768 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4769 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4770 4771 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4772 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4773 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4774 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4775 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4776 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4777 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4778 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4779 4780 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4781 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4782 unsigned Depth, 4783 unsigned Position, 4784 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4785 Expr *DefaultArg); 4786 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4787 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4788 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4789 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4790 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4791 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4792 unsigned Depth, 4793 unsigned Position, 4794 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4795 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4796 4797 TemplateParameterList * 4798 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4799 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4800 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4801 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4802 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4803 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4804 4805 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4806 /// list. 4807 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4808 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4809 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4810 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4811 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4812 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4813 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4814 }; 4815 4816 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4817 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4818 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4819 TemplateParameterList * 4820 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4821 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4822 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4823 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4824 unsigned NumParamLists, 4825 bool IsFriend, 4826 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4827 bool &Invalid); 4828 4829 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4830 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4831 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4832 AttributeList *Attr, 4833 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4834 AccessSpecifier AS, 4835 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4836 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4837 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4838 4839 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4840 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4841 4842 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4843 4844 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4845 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4846 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4847 4848 TypeResult 4849 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4850 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4851 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4852 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4853 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4854 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4855 4856 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4857 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4858 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4859 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4860 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4861 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4862 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4863 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4864 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4865 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4866 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4867 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4868 4869 4870 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4871 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4872 LookupResult &R, 4873 bool RequiresADL, 4874 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4875 4876 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4877 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4878 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4879 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4880 4881 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4882 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4883 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4884 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4885 ParsedType ObjectType, 4886 bool EnteringContext, 4887 TemplateTy &Template); 4888 4889 DeclResult 4890 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4891 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4892 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4893 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4894 TemplateTy Template, 4895 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4896 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4897 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4898 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4899 AttributeList *Attr, 4900 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4901 4902 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4903 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4904 Declarator &D); 4905 4906 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4907 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4908 Declarator &D); 4909 4910 bool 4911 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4912 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4913 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4914 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4915 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4916 bool &SuppressNew); 4917 4918 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4919 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4920 LookupResult &Previous); 4921 4922 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4923 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4924 LookupResult &Previous); 4925 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4926 4927 DeclResult 4928 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4929 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4930 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4931 unsigned TagSpec, 4932 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4933 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4934 TemplateTy Template, 4935 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4936 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4937 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4938 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4939 AttributeList *Attr); 4940 4941 DeclResult 4942 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4943 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4944 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4945 unsigned TagSpec, 4946 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4947 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4948 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4949 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4950 AttributeList *Attr); 4951 4952 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4953 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4954 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4955 Declarator &D); 4956 4957 TemplateArgumentLoc 4958 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4959 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4960 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4961 Decl *Param, 4962 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4963 4964 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4965 /// argument is being checked. 4966 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4967 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4968 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4969 CTAK_Specified, 4970 4971 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4972 /// deduction. 4973 CTAK_Deduced, 4974 4975 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4976 /// via template argument deduction. 4977 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4978 }; 4979 4980 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4981 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4982 NamedDecl *Template, 4983 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4984 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4985 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 4986 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4987 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4988 4989 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 4990 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 4991 /// 4992 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 4993 /// provided. 4994 /// 4995 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 4996 /// 4997 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 4998 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 4999 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 5000 /// arguments. 5001 /// 5002 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 5003 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 5004 /// set of template arguments. 5005 /// 5006 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 5007 /// arguments. 5008 /// 5009 /// 5010 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 5011 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 5012 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 5013 /// 5014 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5015 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 5016 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5017 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 5018 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 5019 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5020 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 5021 5022 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5023 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5024 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5025 5026 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5027 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 5028 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5029 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 5030 TemplateArgument &Converted, 5031 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5032 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5033 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5034 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 5035 5036 ExprResult 5037 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5038 QualType ParamType, 5039 SourceLocation Loc); 5040 ExprResult 5041 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5042 SourceLocation Loc); 5043 5044 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 5045 /// for equality. 5046 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 5047 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 5048 /// that might be redeclarations. 5049 /// 5050 /// \code 5051 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5052 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5053 /// \endcode 5054 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5055 5056 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5057 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5058 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5059 /// 5060 /// \code 5061 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5062 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5063 /// \endcode 5064 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5065 5066 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5067 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5068 /// template parameter. 5069 /// 5070 /// \code 5071 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5072 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5073 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5074 /// \endcode 5075 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5076 }; 5077 5078 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5079 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5080 bool Complain, 5081 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5082 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5083 = SourceLocation()); 5084 5085 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5086 5087 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5088 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5089 /// 5090 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5091 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5092 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5093 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5094 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5095 TypeResult 5096 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5097 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5098 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5099 5100 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5101 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5102 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5103 /// 5104 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5105 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5106 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5107 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5108 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5109 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5110 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5111 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5112 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5113 TypeResult 5114 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5115 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5116 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5117 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5118 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5119 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5120 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5121 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5122 5123 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5124 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5125 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5126 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5127 SourceLocation IILoc); 5128 5129 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5130 SourceLocation Loc, 5131 DeclarationName Name); 5132 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5133 5134 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5135 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5136 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5137 5138 std::string 5139 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5140 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5141 5142 std::string 5143 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5144 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5145 unsigned NumArgs); 5146 5147 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5148 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5149 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5150 5151 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5152 /// being diagnosed. 5153 /// 5154 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5155 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5156 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5157 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5158 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5159 5160 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5161 UPPC_BaseType, 5162 5163 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5164 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5165 5166 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5167 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5168 5169 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5170 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5171 5172 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5173 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5174 5175 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5176 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5177 5178 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5179 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5180 5181 /// \brief A using declaration. 5182 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5183 5184 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5185 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5186 5187 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5188 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5189 5190 /// \brief An initializer. 5191 UPPC_Initializer, 5192 5193 /// \brief A default argument. 5194 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5195 5196 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5197 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5198 5199 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5200 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5201 5202 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5203 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5204 5205 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5206 UPPC_IfExists, 5207 5208 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5209 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5210 5211 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5212 UPPC_Lambda, 5213 5214 /// \brief Block expression, 5215 UPPC_Block 5216}; 5217 5218 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5219 /// 5220 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5221 /// 5222 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5223 /// parameter packs. 5224 /// 5225 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5226 /// 5227 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5228 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5229 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5230 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5231 5232 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5233 /// diagnose the error. 5234 /// 5235 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5236 /// 5237 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5238 /// packs. 5239 /// 5240 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5241 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5242 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5243 5244 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5245 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5246 /// 5247 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5248 /// parameter packs. 5249 /// 5250 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5251 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5252 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5253 5254 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5255 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5256 /// 5257 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5258 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5259 /// 5260 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5261 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5262 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5263 5264 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5265 /// diagnose the error. 5266 /// 5267 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5268 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5269 /// 5270 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5271 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5272 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5273 5274 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5275 /// diagnose the error. 5276 /// 5277 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5278 /// 5279 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5280 /// parameter packs. 5281 /// 5282 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5283 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5284 TemplateName Template, 5285 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5286 5287 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5288 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5289 /// 5290 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5291 /// parameter packs. 5292 /// 5293 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5294 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5295 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5296 5297 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5298 /// template argument. 5299 /// 5300 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5301 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5302 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5303 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5304 5305 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5306 /// template argument. 5307 /// 5308 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5309 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5310 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5311 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5312 5313 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5314 /// type. 5315 /// 5316 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5317 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5318 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5319 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5320 5321 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5322 /// type. 5323 /// 5324 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5325 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5326 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5327 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5328 5329 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5330 /// nested-name-specifier. 5331 /// 5332 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5333 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5334 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5335 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5336 5337 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5338 /// name. 5339 /// 5340 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5341 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5342 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5343 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5344 5345 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5346 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5347 /// 5348 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5349 /// may already be invalid. 5350 /// 5351 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5352 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5353 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5354 5355 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5356 /// creates a pack expansion. 5357 /// 5358 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5359 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5360 /// 5361 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5362 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5363 5364 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5365 /// expansion. 5366 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5367 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5368 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5369 5370 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5371 /// expansion. 5372 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5373 SourceRange PatternRange, 5374 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5375 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5376 5377 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5378 /// creates a pack expansion. 5379 /// 5380 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5381 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5382 /// 5383 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5384 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5385 5386 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5387 /// creates a pack expansion. 5388 /// 5389 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5390 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5391 /// 5392 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5393 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5394 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5395 5396 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5397 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5398 /// transforming the pattern. 5399 /// 5400 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5401 /// pack expansion. 5402 /// 5403 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5404 /// the pack expansion. 5405 /// 5406 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5407 /// pattern. 5408 /// 5409 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5410 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5411 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5412 /// 5413 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5414 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5415 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5416 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5417 /// 5418 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5419 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5420 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5421 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5422 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5423 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5424 /// set this value in other cases. 5425 /// 5426 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5427 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5428 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5429 /// must be set. 5430 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5431 SourceRange PatternRange, 5432 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5433 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5434 bool &ShouldExpand, 5435 bool &RetainExpansion, 5436 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5437 5438 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5439 /// type. 5440 /// 5441 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5442 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5443 /// 5444 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5445 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5446 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5447 5448 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5449 /// parameter packs. 5450 /// 5451 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5452 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5453 /// 5454 /// \code 5455 /// void f(T...); 5456 /// \endcode 5457 /// 5458 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5459 /// a variadic function. 5460 /// 5461 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5462 /// false otherwise. 5463 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5464 5465 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5466 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5467 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5468 5469 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5470 /// 5471 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5472 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5473 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5474 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5475 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5476 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5477 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5478 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5479 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5480 TDK_Success = 0, 5481 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5482 TDK_Invalid, 5483 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5484 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5485 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5486 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5487 /// for every template parameter. 5488 TDK_Incomplete, 5489 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5490 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5491 TDK_Inconsistent, 5492 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5493 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5494 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5495 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5496 TDK_Underqualified, 5497 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5498 /// resulted in an error. 5499 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5500 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the 5501 /// corresponding component of the argument. 5502 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5503 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5504 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5505 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5506 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5507 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5508 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5509 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5510 /// template arguments for the given template. 5511 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5512 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5513 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5514 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution, 5515 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. 5516 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure 5517 }; 5518 5519 TemplateDeductionResult 5520 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5521 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5522 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5523 5524 TemplateDeductionResult 5525 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5526 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5527 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5528 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5529 QualType *FunctionType, 5530 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5531 5532 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5533 // deduction for a call. 5534 struct OriginalCallArg { 5535 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5536 unsigned ArgIdx, 5537 QualType OriginalArgType) 5538 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5539 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5540 5541 QualType OriginalParamType; 5542 unsigned ArgIdx; 5543 QualType OriginalArgType; 5544 }; 5545 5546 TemplateDeductionResult 5547 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5548 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5549 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5550 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5551 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5552 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5553 5554 TemplateDeductionResult 5555 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5556 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5557 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5558 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5559 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5560 5561 TemplateDeductionResult 5562 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5563 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5564 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5565 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5566 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5567 5568 TemplateDeductionResult 5569 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5570 QualType ToType, 5571 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5572 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5573 5574 TemplateDeductionResult 5575 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5576 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5577 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5578 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5579 5580 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5581 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5582 DAR_Succeeded, 5583 DAR_Failed, 5584 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5585 }; 5586 5587 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5588 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5589 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5590 5591 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5592 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5593 SourceLocation Loc, 5594 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5595 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5596 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5597 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5598 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5599 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5600 SourceLocation Loc, 5601 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5602 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5603 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5604 bool Complain = true, 5605 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5606 5607 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5608 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5609 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5610 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5611 SourceLocation Loc); 5612 5613 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5614 bool OnlyDeduced, 5615 unsigned Depth, 5616 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5617 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 5618 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5619 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5620 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5621 } 5622 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5623 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5624 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5625 5626 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5627 // C++ Template Instantiation 5628 // 5629 5630 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5631 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5632 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5633 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5634 5635 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5636 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5637 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5638 enum InstantiationKind { 5639 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5640 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5641 TemplateInstantiation, 5642 5643 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5644 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5645 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5646 /// arguments as specified. 5647 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5648 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5649 5650 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5651 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5652 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5653 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5654 5655 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5656 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5657 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5658 5659 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5660 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5661 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5662 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5663 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5664 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5665 5666 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5667 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5668 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5669 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5670 5671 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5672 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5673 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5674 5675 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5676 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5677 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5678 } Kind; 5679 5680 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5681 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5682 5683 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5684 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5685 /// arguments. 5686 NamedDecl *Template; 5687 5688 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5689 Decl *Entity; 5690 5691 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5692 /// are not part of the entity. 5693 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5694 5695 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5696 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5697 5698 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5699 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5700 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5701 5702 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5703 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5704 /// template instantiation. 5705 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5706 5707 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5708 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5709 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5710 5711 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5712 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5713 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5714 5715 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5716 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5717 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5718 return false; 5719 5720 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5721 return false; 5722 5723 switch (X.Kind) { 5724 case TemplateInstantiation: 5725 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5726 return true; 5727 5728 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5729 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5730 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5731 return false; 5732 5733 // Fall through 5734 5735 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5736 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5737 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5738 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5739 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5740 5741 } 5742 5743 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5744 } 5745 5746 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5747 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5748 return !(X == Y); 5749 } 5750 }; 5751 5752 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5753 /// 5754 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5755 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5756 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5757 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5758 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5759 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5760 5761 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5762 /// template instantiation. 5763 /// 5764 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5765 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5766 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5767 5768 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5769 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5770 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5771 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5772 5773 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5774 /// error or warning was produced. 5775 /// 5776 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5777 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5778 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5779 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5780 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5781 5782 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5783 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5784 /// 5785 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5786 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5787 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5788 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5789 5790 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5791 /// within a \c Sema object. 5792 /// 5793 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5794 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5795 Sema &Self; 5796 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5797 5798 public: 5799 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5800 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5801 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5802 } 5803 5804 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5805 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5806 } 5807 }; 5808 5809 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5810 5811 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5812 /// 5813 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5814 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5815 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5816 5817 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5818 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5819 /// deduction. 5820 /// 5821 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5822 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5823 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5824 5825 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5826 /// instantiation. 5827 /// 5828 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5829 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5830 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5831 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5832 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5833 /// 5834 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5835 /// the stack. 5836 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5837 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5838 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5839 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5840 Decl *Entity, 5841 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5842 5843 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5844 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5845 /// of a function template. 5846 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5847 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5848 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5849 5850 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5851 /// template-id. 5852 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5853 TemplateDecl *Template, 5854 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5855 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5856 5857 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5858 /// template-id. 5859 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5860 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5861 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5862 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5863 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5864 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5865 5866 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5867 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5868 /// specialization. 5869 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5870 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5871 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5872 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5873 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5874 5875 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5876 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5877 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5878 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5879 5880 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5881 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5882 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5883 NamedDecl *Template, 5884 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5885 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5886 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5887 5888 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5889 NamedDecl *Template, 5890 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5891 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5892 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5893 5894 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5895 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5896 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5897 TemplateDecl *Template, 5898 NamedDecl *Param, 5899 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5900 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5901 5902 5903 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5904 void Clear(); 5905 5906 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5907 5908 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5909 /// recursive template instantiations. 5910 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5911 5912 private: 5913 Sema &SemaRef; 5914 bool Invalid; 5915 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5916 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5917 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5918 5919 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5920 5921 InstantiatingTemplate& 5922 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5923 }; 5924 5925 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5926 5927 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5928 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5929 /// errors. 5930 /// 5931 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5932 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5933 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5934 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5935 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5936 5937 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 5938 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 5939 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 5940 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 5941 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 5942 return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated; 5943 } 5944 5945 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5946 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5947 /// deduction.` 5948 class SFINAETrap { 5949 Sema &SemaRef; 5950 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5951 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5952 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5953 5954 public: 5955 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5956 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5957 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5958 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5959 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5960 { 5961 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5962 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5963 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5964 } 5965 5966 ~SFINAETrap() { 5967 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5968 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5969 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5970 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5971 } 5972 5973 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5974 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5975 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5976 } 5977 }; 5978 5979 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5980 /// variables. 5981 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5982 5983 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 5984 unsigned TyposCorrected; 5985 5986 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 5987 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 5988 5989 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 5990 /// name lookup. 5991 /// 5992 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 5993 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 5994 /// string represents a keyword. 5995 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 5996 5997 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 5998 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 5999 6000 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 6001 /// 6002 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 6003 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 6004 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 6005 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 6006 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 6007 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 6008 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 6009 6010 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6011 /// but have not yet been performed. 6012 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 6013 6014 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6015 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 6016 /// 6017 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 6018 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 6019 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 6020 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 6021 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 6022 6023 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 6024 6025 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6026 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6027 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6028 6029 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 6030 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6031 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6032 6033 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 6034 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6035 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6036 6037 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6038 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6039 SourceLocation Loc, 6040 DeclarationName Entity, 6041 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 6042 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 6043 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 6044 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6045 int indexAdjustment, 6046 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 6047 bool ExpectParameterPack); 6048 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 6049 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 6050 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6051 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6052 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 6053 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6054 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6055 6056 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6057 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 6058 /// 6059 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 6060 /// 6061 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6062 /// 6063 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6064 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6065 /// 6066 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6067 /// 6068 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6069 /// 6070 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6071 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6072 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6073 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6074 6075 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6076 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6077 6078 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6079 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6080 6081 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6082 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6083 bool CXXDirectInit); 6084 6085 bool 6086 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6087 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6088 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6089 6090 bool 6091 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6092 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6093 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6094 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6095 bool Complain = true); 6096 6097 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6098 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6099 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6100 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6101 6102 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6103 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6104 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6105 Decl *NewDecl; 6106 6107 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6108 Decl *D) 6109 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6110 { } 6111 }; 6112 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6113 6114 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6115 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6116 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6117 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6118 6119 bool 6120 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6121 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6122 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6123 bool Complain = true); 6124 6125 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6126 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6127 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6128 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6129 6130 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6131 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6132 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6133 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6134 6135 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6136 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6137 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6138 6139 DeclarationNameInfo 6140 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6141 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6142 TemplateName 6143 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6144 SourceLocation Loc, 6145 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6146 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6147 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6148 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6149 6150 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6151 FunctionDecl *Function); 6152 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6153 FunctionDecl *Function, 6154 bool Recursive = false, 6155 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6156 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6157 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6158 VarDecl *Var, 6159 bool Recursive = false, 6160 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6161 6162 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6163 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6164 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6165 6166 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6167 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6168 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6169 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6170 6171 // Objective-C declarations. 6172 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6173 OCK_None = -1, 6174 OCK_Interface = 0, 6175 OCK_Protocol, 6176 OCK_Category, 6177 OCK_ClassExtension, 6178 OCK_Implementation, 6179 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6180 }; 6181 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6182 6183 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6184 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6185 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6186 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6187 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6188 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6189 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6190 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6191 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6192 AttributeList *AttrList); 6193 6194 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6195 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6196 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6197 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6198 6199 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6200 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6201 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6202 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6203 6204 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6205 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6206 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6207 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6208 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6209 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6210 AttributeList *AttrList); 6211 6212 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6213 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6214 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6215 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6216 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6217 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6218 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6219 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6220 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6221 6222 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6223 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6224 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6225 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6226 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6227 6228 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6229 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6230 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6231 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6232 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6233 6234 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6235 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6236 6237 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6238 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6239 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6240 unsigned NumElts); 6241 6242 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6243 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6244 unsigned NumElts, 6245 AttributeList *attrList); 6246 6247 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6248 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6249 unsigned NumProtocols, 6250 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6251 6252 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6253 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6254 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6255 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6256 SourceLocation Loc, 6257 unsigned &Attributes, 6258 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6259 6260 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6261 /// setters and getters as needed. 6262 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6263 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6264 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6265 /// in class extension. 6266 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6267 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6268 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6269 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6270 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6271 6272 6273 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6274 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6275 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6276 6277 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6278 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6279 6280 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6281 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6282 6283 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6284 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6285 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6286 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6287 6288 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6289 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6290 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6291 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6292 bool *OverridingProperty, 6293 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6294 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6295 6296 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6297 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6298 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6299 bool ImplKind, 6300 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6301 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6302 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6303 6304 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6305 OSMK_None, 6306 OSMK_Alloc, 6307 OSMK_New, 6308 OSMK_Copy, 6309 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6310 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6311 }; 6312 6313 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6314 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6315 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6316 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6317 // in this case. 6318 ParsedType Type; 6319 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6320 6321 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6322 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6323 }; 6324 6325 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6326 Scope *S, 6327 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6328 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6329 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6330 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6331 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6332 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6333 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6334 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6335 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6336 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6337 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6338 6339 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6340 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6341 bool IsInstance); 6342 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6343 bool IsInstance); 6344 6345 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6346 6347 ExprResult 6348 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6349 Expr *BaseExpr, 6350 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6351 DeclarationName MemberName, 6352 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6353 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6354 bool Super); 6355 6356 ExprResult 6357 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6358 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6359 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6360 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6361 6362 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6363 6364 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6365 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6366 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6367 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6368 ObjCSuperMessage, 6369 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6370 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6371 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6372 /// name. 6373 ObjCClassMessage 6374 }; 6375 6376 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6377 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6378 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6379 bool IsSuper, 6380 bool HasTrailingDot, 6381 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6382 6383 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6384 Selector Sel, 6385 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6386 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6387 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6388 MultiExprArg Args); 6389 6390 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6391 QualType ReceiverType, 6392 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6393 Selector Sel, 6394 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6395 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6396 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6397 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6398 MultiExprArg Args, 6399 bool isImplicit = false); 6400 6401 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6402 bool isSuperReceiver, 6403 SourceLocation Loc, 6404 Selector Sel, 6405 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6406 MultiExprArg Args); 6407 6408 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6409 ParsedType Receiver, 6410 Selector Sel, 6411 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6412 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6413 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6414 MultiExprArg Args); 6415 6416 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6417 QualType ReceiverType, 6418 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6419 Selector Sel, 6420 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6421 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6422 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6423 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6424 MultiExprArg Args, 6425 bool isImplicit = false); 6426 6427 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6428 QualType ReceiverType, 6429 SourceLocation Loc, 6430 Selector Sel, 6431 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6432 MultiExprArg Args); 6433 6434 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6435 Expr *Receiver, 6436 Selector Sel, 6437 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6438 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6439 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6440 MultiExprArg Args); 6441 6442 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6443 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6444 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6445 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6446 Expr *SubExpr); 6447 6448 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6449 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6450 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6451 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6452 ParsedType Type, 6453 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6454 Expr *SubExpr); 6455 6456 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6457 6458 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6459 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6460 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6461 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6462 6463 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6464 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6465 RTC_Compatible, 6466 RTC_Incompatible, 6467 RTC_Unknown 6468 }; 6469 6470 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6471 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6472 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6473 6474 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6475 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6476 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6477 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6478 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6479 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6480 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6481 }; 6482 6483 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6484 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6485 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6486 6487 enum PragmaPackKind { 6488 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6489 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6490 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6491 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6492 }; 6493 6494 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6495 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6496 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6497 }; 6498 6499 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6500 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6501 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6502 Expr *Alignment, 6503 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6504 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6505 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6506 6507 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6508 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6509 6510 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6511 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6512 Scope *curScope, 6513 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6514 6515 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6516 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6517 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6518 6519 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6520 SourceLocation Loc); 6521 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6522 6523 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6524 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6525 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6526 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6527 6528 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6529 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6530 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6531 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6532 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6533 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6534 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6535 6536 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6537 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6538 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6539 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6540 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6541 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6542 6543 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6544 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6545 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6546 6547 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6548 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6549 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6550 6551 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6552 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6553 6554 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6555 void FreePackedContext(); 6556 6557 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6558 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6559 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6560 SourceLocation Loc); 6561 6562 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6563 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6564 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6565 6566 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6567 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6568 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6569 6570 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6571 void FreeVisContext(); 6572 6573 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6574 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6575 /// the appropriate attribute. 6576 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6577 6578 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6579 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6580 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6581 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6582 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6583 6584 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6585 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6586 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6587 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6588 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6589 CCK_CStyleCast, 6590 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6591 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6592 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6593 CCK_OtherCast 6594 }; 6595 6596 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6597 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6598 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6599 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6600 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6601 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6602 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6603 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6604 6605 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6606 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6607 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6608 6609 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6610 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6611 /// required. 6612 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6613 6614 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6615 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6616 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6617 6618 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6619 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6620 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6621 6622 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6623 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6624 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6625 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6626 6627 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6628 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6629 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6630 // type. 6631 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6632 6633 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6634 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6635 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6636 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6637 6638 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6639 enum VariadicCallType { 6640 VariadicFunction, 6641 VariadicBlock, 6642 VariadicMethod, 6643 VariadicConstructor, 6644 VariadicDoesNotApply 6645 }; 6646 6647 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6648 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6649 Expr *Fn); 6650 6651 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6652 // vararg function. 6653 enum VarArgKind { 6654 VAK_Valid, 6655 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6656 VAK_Invalid 6657 }; 6658 6659 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6660 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6661 6662 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6663 /// form of call prototypes. 6664 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6665 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6666 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6667 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6668 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6669 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6670 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6671 bool AllowExplicit = false, 6672 bool IsListInitialization = false); 6673 6674 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6675 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6676 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6677 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6678 6679 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6680 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6681 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6682 6683 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6684 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6685 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6686 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6687 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6688 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6689 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6690 6691 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6692 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6693 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6694 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6695 /// source and destination type. 6696 enum AssignConvertType { 6697 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6698 Compatible, 6699 6700 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6701 /// accept as an extension. 6702 PointerToInt, 6703 6704 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6705 /// accept as an extension. 6706 IntToPointer, 6707 6708 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6709 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6710 FunctionVoidPointer, 6711 6712 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6713 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6714 IncompatiblePointer, 6715 6716 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6717 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6718 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6719 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6720 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6721 6722 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6723 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6724 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6725 6726 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6727 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6728 /// like address spaces. 6729 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6730 6731 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6732 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6733 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6734 /// extension. 6735 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6736 6737 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6738 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6739 IncompatibleVectors, 6740 6741 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6742 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6743 IntToBlockPointer, 6744 6745 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6746 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6747 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6748 6749 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6750 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6751 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6752 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6753 6754 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6755 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6756 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6757 6758 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6759 /// represent it in the AST. 6760 Incompatible 6761 }; 6762 6763 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6764 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6765 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6766 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6767 SourceLocation Loc, 6768 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6769 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6770 bool *Complained = 0); 6771 6772 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6773 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6774 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6775 Expr *SrcExpr); 6776 6777 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6778 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6779 /// C99 6.5.16. 6780 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6781 QualType LHSType, 6782 QualType RHSType); 6783 6784 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6785 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6786 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6787 ExprResult &RHS, 6788 CastKind &Kind); 6789 6790 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6791 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6792 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6793 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6794 ExprResult &RHS, 6795 bool Diagnose = true); 6796 6797 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6798 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6799 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6800 ExprResult &RHS); 6801 6802 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6803 6804 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6805 6806 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6807 AssignmentAction Action, 6808 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6809 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6810 AssignmentAction Action, 6811 bool AllowExplicit, 6812 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6813 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6814 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6815 AssignmentAction Action, 6816 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6817 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6818 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6819 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6820 AssignmentAction Action, 6821 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6822 6823 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6824 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6825 6826 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6827 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6828 ExprResult &RHS); 6829 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6830 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6831 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6832 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6833 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6834 bool IsDivide); 6835 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6836 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6837 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6838 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6839 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6840 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6841 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6842 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6843 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6844 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6845 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6846 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6847 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6848 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6849 bool isRelational); 6850 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6851 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6852 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6853 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6854 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6855 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6856 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6857 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6858 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6859 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6860 6861 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6862 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6863 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6864 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6865 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6866 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6867 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6868 6869 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6870 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6871 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6872 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6873 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6874 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6875 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6876 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6877 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6878 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6879 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6880 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6881 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6882 NonStandardCompositeType); 6883 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6884 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6885 return Composite; 6886 } 6887 6888 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6889 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6890 6891 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6892 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6893 6894 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6895 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6896 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6897 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6898 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6899 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6900 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6901 SourceLocation Loc); 6902 6903 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6904 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6905 6906 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6907 6908 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6909 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6910 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6911 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6912 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6913 /// reference binding is not possible. 6914 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6915 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6916 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6917 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6918 Ref_Related, 6919 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6920 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6921 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6922 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6923 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6924 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6925 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6926 Ref_Compatible 6927 }; 6928 6929 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6930 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6931 bool &DerivedToBase, 6932 bool &ObjCConversion, 6933 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6934 6935 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6936 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6937 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6938 6939 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6940 /// given type. 6941 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6942 6943 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an 6944 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 6945 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, 6946 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); 6947 6948 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6949 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6950 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6951 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6952 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6953 CastKind &Kind); 6954 6955 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6956 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6957 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6958 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6959 // returns the cast expr 6960 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6961 CastKind &Kind); 6962 6963 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6964 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6965 Expr *CastExpr, 6966 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6967 6968 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6969 6970 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 6971 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 6972 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 6973 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 6974 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6975 6976 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6977 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6978 6979 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 6980 QualType ExprType); 6981 6982 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 6983 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 6984 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 6985 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 6986 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 6987 6988 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6989 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 6990 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 6991 6992 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6993 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 6994 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6995 6996 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 6997 /// \param Method - May be null. 6998 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 6999 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 7000 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 7001 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 7002 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 7003 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 7004 bool isSuperMessage, 7005 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 7006 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 7007 7008 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 7009 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 7010 /// and the form of the message send. 7011 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 7012 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 7013 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 7014 7015 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 7016 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 7017 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 7018 7019 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 7020 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 7021 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 7022 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 7023 /// 7024 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 7025 /// 'if' keyword. 7026 /// \return true iff there were any errors 7027 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 7028 7029 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 7030 Expr *SubExpr); 7031 7032 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 7033 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 7034 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 7035 7036 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 7037 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 7038 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 7039 7040 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 7041 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 7042 7043 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 7044 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 7045 /// the specified diagnostic. 7046 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 7047 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 7048 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 7049 7050 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 7051 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 7052 /// in the global scope. 7053 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 7054 7055 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 7056 /// expression violations. 7057 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7058 public: 7059 bool Suppress; 7060 7061 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7062 7063 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7064 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7065 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7066 }; 7067 7068 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7069 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7070 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7071 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7072 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7073 bool AllowFold = true); 7074 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7075 unsigned DiagID, 7076 bool AllowFold = true); 7077 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7078 7079 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7080 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7081 /// Returns false on success. 7082 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7083 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7084 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 7085 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7086 7087 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7088 CFT_Device, 7089 CFT_Global, 7090 CFT_Host, 7091 CFT_HostDevice 7092 }; 7093 7094 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7095 7096 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7097 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7098 7099 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7100 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7101 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7102 } 7103 7104 /// \name Code completion 7105 //@{ 7106 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7107 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7108 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7109 PCC_Namespace, 7110 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7111 PCC_Class, 7112 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7113 /// or category. 7114 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7115 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7116 /// category implementation 7117 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7118 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7119 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7120 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7121 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7122 /// headers. 7123 PCC_Template, 7124 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7125 /// headers within a class. 7126 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7127 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7128 PCC_Expression, 7129 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7130 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7131 PCC_Statement, 7132 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7133 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7134 PCC_ForInit, 7135 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7136 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7137 PCC_Condition, 7138 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7139 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7140 /// in the grammar. 7141 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7142 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7143 PCC_Type, 7144 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7145 /// might also be a type cast. 7146 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7147 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7148 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7149 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7150 }; 7151 7152 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7153 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7154 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7155 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7156 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7157 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7158 7159 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7160 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7161 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7162 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7163 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7164 bool IsArrow); 7165 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7166 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7167 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7168 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7169 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7170 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7171 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7172 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7173 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7174 7175 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7176 bool EnteringContext); 7177 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7178 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7179 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7180 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7181 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7182 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 7183 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 7184 unsigned NumInitializers); 7185 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7186 bool AfterAmpersand); 7187 7188 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7189 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7190 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7191 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7192 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7193 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7194 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7195 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7196 bool IsParameter); 7197 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7198 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7199 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7200 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7201 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7202 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7203 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7204 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7205 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7206 bool IsSuper = false); 7207 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7208 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7209 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7210 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7211 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7212 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7213 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7214 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7215 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7216 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7217 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7218 unsigned NumProtocols); 7219 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7220 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7221 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7222 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7223 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7224 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7225 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7226 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7227 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7228 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7229 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7230 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7231 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7232 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7233 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7234 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7235 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7236 ParsedType ReturnType); 7237 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7238 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7239 bool AtParameterName, 7240 ParsedType ReturnType, 7241 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7242 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7243 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7244 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7245 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7246 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7247 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7248 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7249 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7250 unsigned Argument); 7251 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7252 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7253 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7254 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7255 //@} 7256 7257 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7258 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7259 7260public: 7261 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7262 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7263 7264private: 7265 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7266 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7267 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7268 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7269 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7270 // FunctionDeclaration. 7271 struct FormatStringInfo { 7272 unsigned FormatIdx; 7273 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7274 bool HasVAListArg; 7275 }; 7276 7277 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7278 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7279 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7280 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7281 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7282 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 7283 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7284 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7285 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7286 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7287 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7288 SourceLocation Loc); 7289 7290 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7291 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7292 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7293 VariadicCallType CallType); 7294 7295 7296 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7297 7298 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7299 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7300 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7301 7302 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7303 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7304 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7305 7306public: 7307 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7308 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7309 7310private: 7311 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7312 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7313 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7314 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7315 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7316 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7317 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7318 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7319 7320 enum FormatStringType { 7321 FST_Scanf, 7322 FST_Printf, 7323 FST_NSString, 7324 FST_Strftime, 7325 FST_Strfmon, 7326 FST_Kprintf, 7327 FST_Unknown 7328 }; 7329 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7330 7331 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7332 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7333 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7334 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7335 }; 7336 7337 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7338 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7339 bool HasVAListArg, 7340 unsigned format_idx, 7341 unsigned firstDataArg, 7342 FormatStringType Type, 7343 VariadicCallType CallType, 7344 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7345 7346 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7347 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7348 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7349 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7350 VariadicCallType CallType); 7351 7352 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7353 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7354 bool IsCXXMember, 7355 VariadicCallType CallType, 7356 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7357 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7358 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7359 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7360 VariadicCallType CallType, 7361 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7362 7363 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7364 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7365 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7366 7367 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7368 unsigned BId, 7369 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7370 7371 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7372 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7373 7374 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7375 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7376 7377 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7378 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7379 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7380 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7381 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); 7382 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7383 7384 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7385 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7386 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), 7387 bool IsConstexpr = false); 7388 7389 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7390 Expr *Init); 7391 7392public: 7393 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7394 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7395 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7396 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7397 7398 struct TypeTagData { 7399 TypeTagData() {} 7400 7401 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7402 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7403 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7404 {} 7405 7406 QualType Type; 7407 7408 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7409 /// layout-compatibility. 7410 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7411 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7412 }; 7413 7414 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7415 /// identifies the magic value. 7416 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7417 7418private: 7419 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7420 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7421 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7422 7423 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7424 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7425 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7426 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7427 7428 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7429 /// 7430 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7431 Scope *CurScope; 7432 7433 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; 7434 7435protected: 7436 friend class Parser; 7437 friend class InitializationSequence; 7438 friend class ASTReader; 7439 friend class ASTWriter; 7440 7441public: 7442 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7443 /// 7444 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7445 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7446 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7447 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7448 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7449 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7450 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7451 7452 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; 7453 7454 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7455 7456 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7457 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7458 } 7459 7460 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7461 7462 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7463 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7464 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7465 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7466 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7467 return DC; 7468 } 7469}; 7470 7471/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7472class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7473 Sema &Actions; 7474 7475public: 7476 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7477 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7478 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7479 bool IsDecltype = false) 7480 : Actions(Actions) { 7481 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7482 IsDecltype); 7483 } 7484 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7485 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7486 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7487 bool IsDecltype = false) 7488 : Actions(Actions) { 7489 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7490 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7491 IsDecltype); 7492 } 7493 7494 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7495 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7496 } 7497}; 7498 7499} // end namespace clang 7500 7501#endif 7502